Return to Site | View Calendar | Mobile Version
-- Select Location -- Banner Request Bell City Crossfit Brackett Park Brackett Park - Basketball Court Brackett Park - Gazebo Brackett Park - Goodshell Toddler Playground Bristol Arts & Innovation Magnet School (BAIMS) Bristol Eastern High School Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Auditorium Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Big Gym Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Small Gym Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS - Soccer Fields Bristol Eastern High School - BEHS Track Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services - Main Office (51 High St) Casey Field Casey Field - Rectangular Field Chippens Hill Middle School Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Baseball Field Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Lower Soccer Field Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Softball Field Chippens Hill Middle School - CHMS Upper Soccer Field Chippens Hill Middle School - Gymnasium Chris Cote's Golf Shop Dennis N Malone Aquatics Center Edgewood School Edgewood School - ES T-ball Field Farmington Miniature Golf & Ice Cream Federal Hill Green - Federal Hill Gazebo Federal Hill Green - Federal Hill Open Field Federal Hill Green - Riordan Toddler Playground FLIPS Gymnastics Center Fraser Field - Baseball Fields Greene-Hills School Greene-Hills School - GHS Baseball Field Greene-Hills School - GHS Soccer Field Greene-Hills School - GHS Softball Field Greene-Hills School - Greene- Hills School Gym Greene-Hills School - Library Hubbell School Hubbell School - HS - Front Field Hubbell School - HS Baseball Field Ivy Drive School Ivy Drive School - IDS Field Ivy Drive School - IDS Softball Field Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard - Gazebo Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard Track Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard- Covered Picnic Area Memorial Boulevard - Memorial Boulevard- Open Field Mix Street Field- Softball Field - Inner Fence- Mix Street Mix Street Field- Softball Field - Outer Fence- Mix Street Mountain View School - MV Lower Field Mountain View School - MV Softball Field Muzzy Field Nelson Field Northeast Middle School Northeast Middle School - NMS Baseball Field Northeast Middle School - NMS Side Field Northeast Middle School - NMS Soccer Field Northeast Middle School - NMS Softball Field Page Park Page Park - Basketball Court Page Park - Disc Golf Course Page Park - Hardball Diamond Page Park - Ingraham Field (Upper & Lower) Page Park - Ingraham Field- Upper Page Park - Outdoor Pool Page Park - Softball Field Page Park - Tennis Courts Peck Park - Baseball Field Peck Park - Field #3 Peck Park - Tennis Courts Perry J. Spinelli Pavilion Quinlan Park Roberts Property Park Rockwell Park Rockwell Park - Amphitheatre Rockwell Park - B.A.R.K Park (Off-Leash Dog Park) Rockwell Park - Back Playground Shelter Rockwell Park - Basketball Court Rockwell Park - Bike Pump Park Rockwell Park - Gazebo - at open field Rockwell Park - Hiking Trails Rockwell Park - Mountain Bike Trails Rockwell Park - Mrs. Rockwell's Pavilion Rockwell Park - Open Field Rockwell Park - Outdoor Pool Rockwell Park - Rockwell Park Pond Rockwell Park - Skate Park Rockwell Park - Stone House/ Summer House Rockwell Park - T-Shelter Rockwell Park - Volleyball Court 1 Rockwell Park - Volleyball Court 2 Rockwell Theater Seymour Park - Basketball Court Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 1 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 2 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 3 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 4 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 5 Seymour Park - Pickleball Court 6 Seymour Park - Riley Baseball Field Shepard Meadows Show Mobile South Side School South Side School - SSS Soccer Field South Side School - SSS Softball Field Stafford Elementary School Stafford Elementary School - SS Soccer Field Stafford Elementary School - SS Softball Field Stafford Elementary School - Stafford School Cafeteria Stafford Elementary School - Stafford School Gym Stafford Elementary School - Stafford School Library Stocks Playground - Basketball Court Stocks Playground - Picnic Shelter Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 1(inside) Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 2 (inside) Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 3 (Middle St) Stocks Playground - Volleyball - Court 4 (low net Middle Street) The Carousel Museum Virtual Class - Zoom West Bristol School West Bristol School - WBS Baseball Field West Bristol School - WBS Soccer Field West Bristol School - WBS Softball Field Wilson Playground - Basketball Court Wilson Playground - Softball Field
to   
Show Location

Saturday June 21, 2025
7:30 AM - 4:00 PM	Family Fun Day
9:00 AM - 2:00 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
9:00 AM - 9:00 PM	Easter Seals Charity Softball Tournament
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
10:30 AM - 2:30 PM	birthday party
10:40 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Birthday Party
11:20 AM - 12:05 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	18th Birthday and Graduation Party
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Family reunion
12:15 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday Party
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Graduation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	18th Birthday and Graduation Party

Sunday June 22, 2025
7:30 AM - 4:00 PM	Family Fun Day
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2025 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (9 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
9:00 AM - 7:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Review (Re-Cert) - American Red Cross Lifeguard r.24 Review for Re-certification Course PurposeThe primary purpose of a recertification course is to give participants who are currently certified American Red Cross Lifeguarding (Including Deep Water) the opportunity to review the course knowledge and skills within a formal course setting to maintain their American Red Cross Lifeguards including Deep Water) certification. Lifeguarding (Including Deep Water) Recertification training is conducted and evaluated in water depths ranging from 0 feet to water 7 feet and greater (ranging from 8-12 feet maximum, depending on the depth of the facility in which the training is conducted).  Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding (Including Deep Water) Recertification course, participants must:1. Hold a current certification, or expired by no more than 30 days, in American Red CrossLifeguarding that included training in deep water 7 feet or deeper. 2. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluations:Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim-tread-swim sequence without stopping to rest:• Jump into the water and totally submerge, resurface then swim 150 yards using the front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of both. (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted. Swim goggles are allowed)• Maintain position at the surface of the water for 2 minutes by treading water using only the legs• Swim 50 yards using the front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of bothPrerequisite 2: Complete a timed event within 1 minute, 40 seconds:• Starting in the water, swim 20 yards. (The face may be in or out of the water. Swim goggles are not allowed).• Submerge to a depth of 7 - 10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound object.• Return to the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the object at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out at or near the surface.• Exit the water without using a ladder or steps.
10:00 AM - 7:00 PM	Celebrating Saybrook (SHOWMOBILE)
12:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Author in the Park
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Softball game
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Game
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Diamond Kings
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday June 23, 2025
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp - You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp Program Description:This week long basketball camp is designed to provide young athletes with an immersive and structured experience to improve their basketball skills, enhance their understanding of the game, and boost their confidence on the court. This camp is ideal for participants of all skill levels who are eager to develop fundamental techniques, work on specific skills and game-like scenarios, and enjoy the thrill of competitive play in a supportive environment. This basketball camp will provide: Development of basketball fundamental and competitive games. Daily contests, prizes, and give-a-ways for each camper. Award ceremony on the final day of camp. Fully insured, safe environment.  This camp is open to GIRLS AND BOYS entering grades 2-9. Campers will be competitively split up into age, gender, and ability groups to challenge their potential. Program Benefits:- Campers will be able to demonstrate the triple threat position.- Campers will learn 21 different basketball moves from various spots on the floor.- Campers will be challenged to grow as a player and have more basketball confidence while having fun. About the Instructor:Bret Nichols, Director of a high school counseling department, author, motivational speaker, and professional basketball player, who played in Ireland, England, and the against the world famous Harlem Globetrotters, is the founder of You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp. Bret will lead the camp experience alongside other coaches with high-level playing and coaching experience.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
1:30 PM - 2:30 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Session 1 Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:- Dribble a ball with their hand or foot. - Pass a ball to another person. - Stop a soccer ball (squish the bug).
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - June Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.

Tuesday June 24, 2025
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp - You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp Program Description:This week long basketball camp is designed to provide young athletes with an immersive and structured experience to improve their basketball skills, enhance their understanding of the game, and boost their confidence on the court. This camp is ideal for participants of all skill levels who are eager to develop fundamental techniques, work on specific skills and game-like scenarios, and enjoy the thrill of competitive play in a supportive environment. This basketball camp will provide: Development of basketball fundamental and competitive games. Daily contests, prizes, and give-a-ways for each camper. Award ceremony on the final day of camp. Fully insured, safe environment.  This camp is open to GIRLS AND BOYS entering grades 2-9. Campers will be competitively split up into age, gender, and ability groups to challenge their potential. Program Benefits:- Campers will be able to demonstrate the triple threat position.- Campers will learn 21 different basketball moves from various spots on the floor.- Campers will be challenged to grow as a player and have more basketball confidence while having fun. About the Instructor:Bret Nichols, Director of a high school counseling department, author, motivational speaker, and professional basketball player, who played in Ireland, England, and the against the world famous Harlem Globetrotters, is the founder of You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp. Bret will lead the camp experience alongside other coaches with high-level playing and coaching experience.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 9:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Session 1 Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:- Dribble a ball with their hand or foot. - Pass a ball to another person. - Stop a soccer ball (squish the bug).
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:45 PM - 10:00 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - Lori and The Legends  Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 25th.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 24, 2025: Lori and the Legends (Pop, Classic Rock, Soul) Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 1, 2025: Spirit Shaker (Hard Rock, 70’s/80’s/90’s)Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 8, 2025: Latanya Farrell (Soul/ R&B) Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 15, 2025: The Speakers (Danceable Funk-Rock)Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, Rita's Ice July 22, 2025: Badfoot (Modern Country Hits)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 29, 2025: Al Fenton Big Band (Big Band Jazz)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck TruckAugust 5, 2025: What It Is (Funk/ Soul/ R&B)Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Rita's Ice August 12, 2025: Ace and Friends (Soul/R&B) Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern,  I Know a Guy Foods>> DOWNLOAD THE SCHEDULE HERE <<  Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 24th, for a night out enjoying live music by your favorite local area bands!The 2025 Rockin' Out at Rockwell Summer Concert Series is sponsored by the West End Association of Bristol and Xfinity. We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change

Wednesday June 25, 2025
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp - You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp Program Description:This week long basketball camp is designed to provide young athletes with an immersive and structured experience to improve their basketball skills, enhance their understanding of the game, and boost their confidence on the court. This camp is ideal for participants of all skill levels who are eager to develop fundamental techniques, work on specific skills and game-like scenarios, and enjoy the thrill of competitive play in a supportive environment. This basketball camp will provide: Development of basketball fundamental and competitive games. Daily contests, prizes, and give-a-ways for each camper. Award ceremony on the final day of camp. Fully insured, safe environment.  This camp is open to GIRLS AND BOYS entering grades 2-9. Campers will be competitively split up into age, gender, and ability groups to challenge their potential. Program Benefits:- Campers will be able to demonstrate the triple threat position.- Campers will learn 21 different basketball moves from various spots on the floor.- Campers will be challenged to grow as a player and have more basketball confidence while having fun. About the Instructor:Bret Nichols, Director of a high school counseling department, author, motivational speaker, and professional basketball player, who played in Ireland, England, and the against the world famous Harlem Globetrotters, is the founder of You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp. Bret will lead the camp experience alongside other coaches with high-level playing and coaching experience.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Session 1 Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:- Dribble a ball with their hand or foot. - Pass a ball to another person. - Stop a soccer ball (squish the bug).
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball

Thursday June 26, 2025
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp - You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp Program Description:This week long basketball camp is designed to provide young athletes with an immersive and structured experience to improve their basketball skills, enhance their understanding of the game, and boost their confidence on the court. This camp is ideal for participants of all skill levels who are eager to develop fundamental techniques, work on specific skills and game-like scenarios, and enjoy the thrill of competitive play in a supportive environment. This basketball camp will provide: Development of basketball fundamental and competitive games. Daily contests, prizes, and give-a-ways for each camper. Award ceremony on the final day of camp. Fully insured, safe environment.  This camp is open to GIRLS AND BOYS entering grades 2-9. Campers will be competitively split up into age, gender, and ability groups to challenge their potential. Program Benefits:- Campers will be able to demonstrate the triple threat position.- Campers will learn 21 different basketball moves from various spots on the floor.- Campers will be challenged to grow as a player and have more basketball confidence while having fun. About the Instructor:Bret Nichols, Director of a high school counseling department, author, motivational speaker, and professional basketball player, who played in Ireland, England, and the against the world famous Harlem Globetrotters, is the founder of You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp. Bret will lead the camp experience alongside other coaches with high-level playing and coaching experience.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM	Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group for Bristol Residents where parents and children ages 2 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well. Please note, registration for this program closes at 11:59 PM on Sunday, June 15th. About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:  - listen and engage with one book per week.  - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play.  - identify different emotions.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Session 1 Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:- Dribble a ball with their hand or foot. - Pass a ball to another person. - Stop a soccer ball (squish the bug).
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Calm Yo Tips Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Sorry, Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Toilet League Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sorry, Running Late @ Calm Yo Tips Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Roofing Service Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ TBD Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Crankdat Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Out of the Blue Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Barefoot Ballers Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ Roofing Service Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ TBD Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.

Friday June 27, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp - You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp Program Description:This week long basketball camp is designed to provide young athletes with an immersive and structured experience to improve their basketball skills, enhance their understanding of the game, and boost their confidence on the court. This camp is ideal for participants of all skill levels who are eager to develop fundamental techniques, work on specific skills and game-like scenarios, and enjoy the thrill of competitive play in a supportive environment. This basketball camp will provide: Development of basketball fundamental and competitive games. Daily contests, prizes, and give-a-ways for each camper. Award ceremony on the final day of camp. Fully insured, safe environment.  This camp is open to GIRLS AND BOYS entering grades 2-9. Campers will be competitively split up into age, gender, and ability groups to challenge their potential. Program Benefits:- Campers will be able to demonstrate the triple threat position.- Campers will learn 21 different basketball moves from various spots on the floor.- Campers will be challenged to grow as a player and have more basketball confidence while having fun. About the Instructor:Bret Nichols, Director of a high school counseling department, author, motivational speaker, and professional basketball player, who played in Ireland, England, and the against the world famous Harlem Globetrotters, is the founder of You Gotta Believe Basketball Camp. Bret will lead the camp experience alongside other coaches with high-level playing and coaching experience.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:00 PM - 5:45 PM	Skyhawks Tiny Hawk Camp - Soccer & Basketball (Ages: 3-4) - Tiny Hawk Camp (Soccer & Basketball) - Session 1 Program Description:The essentials of soccer and basketball are introduced in a fun and safe environment with lots of encouragement. Children will learn balance, body movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development through a series of sports-specific games tailored to their attention spans.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:- Dribble a ball with their hand or foot. - Pass a ball to another person. - Stop a soccer ball (squish the bug).
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
6:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 1 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	DCF Youth Self Care

Saturday June 28, 2025
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Kickball
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Diamond Kings
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bristol Barnstormers
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:40 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Birthday Party
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Volleyball Tournament
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Volleyball Tournament
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Volleyball Tournament
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:20 AM - 12:05 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Higher Ground Christian Church
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Birthday Party
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Birthday Party
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Family Picnic/Kickball
12:15 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Spring Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday Party
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Religious Service
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Birthday Party

Sunday June 29, 2025
8:00 AM - 2:00 PM	Men's 40-and-Over Softball League - 2025 Men's 40+ Spring Softball League Program Description:BPRYCS will be offering a Spring and Fall Men's 40-and-Over Slowpitch Softball league. Games will take place on Sunday mornings at either Mix Street Field or Casey Field. Each team is guaranteed 16 regular season games (9 double headers), and all teams will make the playoffs. The league winners will receive championship t-shirts.Program Note:BPRYCS is only able to admit 6 teams into the Spring and Fall leagues, so don't wait to register. Registration is first-come, first-served. Registration is first come, first served. The total fee for a team is $800, with a $200 deposit due at the time of registration. Teams can submit the payment in full when registering online or at the BPRYCS office, or teams can choose to pay only the $200 deposit at the time of registration to reserve their spot in the league, but a team representative must submit the remaining $600 to the BPRYCS office before their first game. Individual Players:BPRYCS is currently only taking full team registrations. If you are an individual looking to join, or have a group of players but not enough for a full team, please reach out to League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org.
8:30 AM - 2:30 PM	Bristol Mustangs
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bristol Barnstormers
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Babyshower
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Birthday Party
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Game
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Diamond Kings
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	1st birthday Party
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Babyshower
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Birthday Party
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday June 30, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
1:30 PM - 2:30 PM	WOW Mobile
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	BLL/BGLLS
5:30 PM - 8:30 PM	BGLLS
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.

Tuesday July 1, 2025
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Whiz Kids Daycare
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 11:45 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - Spirit Shaker  Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 25th.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 24, 2025: Lori and the Legends (Pop, Classic Rock, Soul) Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 1, 2025: Spirit Shaker (Hard Rock, 70’s/80’s/90’s)Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 8, 2025: Latanya Farrell (Soul/ R&B) Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 15, 2025: The Speakers (Danceable Funk-Rock)Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, Rita's Ice July 22, 2025: Badfoot (Modern Country Hits)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 29, 2025: Al Fenton Big Band (Big Band Jazz)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck TruckAugust 5, 2025: What It Is (Funk/ Soul/ R&B)Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Rita's Ice August 12, 2025: Ace and Friends (Soul/R&B) Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern,  I Know a Guy Foods>> DOWNLOAD THE SCHEDULE HERE <<  Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 24th, for a night out enjoying live music by your favorite local area bands!The 2025 Rockin' Out at Rockwell Summer Concert Series is sponsored by the West End Association of Bristol and Xfinity. We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change

Wednesday July 2, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.

Thursday July 3, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 1 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM	Skyhawks Mini Hawk Camp- Soccer, Baseball & Basketball - Mini Hawk Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This multi-sport program was developed to give children aged 4 to 6 (must be 4 when program starts) their first step into athletics. The essentials of soccer, baseball, and basketball are taught in a safe, structured environment with lots of encouragement and a focus on fun. All games and activities are designed to allow campers to explore balance, movement, hand/eye coordination, and skill development at their own pace.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work.  Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Be able to dribble a ball with one or both hands or feet. - Be able to throw and catch a ball. - Show basic understanding of all three sports (soccer, baseball, and basketball).
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM	Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group for Bristol Residents where parents and children ages 2 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well. Please note, registration for this program closes at 11:59 PM on Sunday, June 15th. About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:  - listen and engage with one book per week.  - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play.  - identify different emotions.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	BBGC: Future Champions Gymnastics
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sorry, Running Late @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Calm Yo Tips @ Toilet League Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Calm Yo Tips @ Sorry, Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ TBD Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Barefoot Ballers Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ Roofing Service Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ Out of the Blue Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Barefoot Ballers Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Roofing Service @ TBD Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Just Keep Swinging @ Bazooka Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.

Friday July 4, 2025
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Game
3:00 PM - 7:00 PM	Birthday Party
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	DCF Youth Self Care

Saturday July 5, 2025
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Diamond Kings
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Get together
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bristol Barnstormers
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 6:00 PM	Birthday Party
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:45 AM - 4:00 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Birthday Party
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	Get together
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Birthday Party

Sunday July 6, 2025
8:30 AM - 2:30 PM	Bristol Mustangs
11:45 AM - 3:00 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Diamond Kings
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday July 7, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 2 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:30 PM - 2:30 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 8:30 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.

Tuesday July 8, 2025
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 2 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Drop-in at Rockwell - Drop-in at Rockwell Program Description:Drop-in at Rockwell is a FREE, weekly, drop-in style program that invites Bristol youth to participate in fun summer activities to help beat the summer boredom blues. Youth and families are encouraged to stop by as few or as many weeks as they desire (no registration necessary). Activities may include tie-dye, sand art, crafts, field games and more! Come join in on the fun!Program Benefits:- Participants will have the chance to meet new people and/or stay connected with friends throughout the summer.- Participants will have the chance to build upon communication skills, friendship skills, and teamwork skills throughout various activities.Time:11:00 AM - 1:00 PMTuesdaysJuly 8th, 2025 - August 5th, 2025Location:Mrs. Rockwell's Pavilion63 Dutton Ave. (Entrances on Jacob Street, Dutton Ave. and Terryville Rd.)Bristol, CT 06010  Contact:Raven Cody, LMSWYouth & Family Coordinatorravencody@bristolct.gov 860-314-4690
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse Clinic
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Women Only Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - Latanya Farrell  Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 25th.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 24, 2025: Lori and the Legends (Pop, Classic Rock, Soul) Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 1, 2025: Spirit Shaker (Hard Rock, 70’s/80’s/90’s)Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 8, 2025: Latanya Farrell (Soul/ R&B) Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 15, 2025: The Speakers (Danceable Funk-Rock)Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, Rita's Ice July 22, 2025: Badfoot (Modern Country Hits)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 29, 2025: Al Fenton Big Band (Big Band Jazz)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck TruckAugust 5, 2025: What It Is (Funk/ Soul/ R&B)Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Rita's Ice August 12, 2025: Ace and Friends (Soul/R&B) Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern,  I Know a Guy Foods>> DOWNLOAD THE SCHEDULE HERE <<  Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 24th, for a night out enjoying live music by your favorite local area bands!The 2025 Rockin' Out at Rockwell Summer Concert Series is sponsored by the West End Association of Bristol and Xfinity. We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change

Wednesday July 9, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 2 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Whiz Kids Daycare
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
4:45 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows (Level 1) - Summer Program Description:Level 1 Class: Our friends at Shepard Meadows will help teach numerous horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading. This program also provides the opportunity to challenge participants to persevere, problem-solve, and communicate. This program helps participants connect with their peers socially, as well as promotes the development of self-esteem. Please note that there is no riding in this class.  Level 2 Class: Participants are able to build on the skills that were learned in the Horsemanship Level 1 class. It is a requirement for registrants to complete Horsemanship Level 1 before enrolling in the Horsemanship Level 2 class. Please note that there is no riding in this class. Required Forms:Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. Program Benefits:- Participants will learn and demonstrate safe horse handling skills, including grooming, haltering and leading- Participants will gain an understanding of horse behavior and identify the horse's body language- Participants will gain an understanding of a healthy horse diet and will be able to identify what is healthy/unhealthy for horse's to eat- Participants will be able to identify grooming tools and their purposeAbout the Instructors:Amy DegumbiaInstructor & Equine SpecialistPATH, Intl. Therapeutic Riding InstructorAmy grew up on a small farm and owned a couple of horses.  She was 5 years old when she first started to ride, and 13 when she got a horse of her own – he was a young and spirited Arabian.  Amy competed in Arabian Horse Association shows, mostly in dressage, but some jumping too.  She worked as a Veterinary Technician and gained a great deal of knowledge about animal health and first aid, and became Certified as an Animal Behaviorist.  Amy attended Tunxis Community College and Central Connecticut State University for her degree.  She is grateful to have horses as a part of her life, and loves to share that with the participants in our program! Amy is a Certified Therapeutic Riding Instructor through the Professional Association of Therapeutic Horsemanship and teaches mounted and unmounted lessons all week long. Michelle OcampoMichelle started riding when she was 10 years old and never stopped! She has ridden Western, English, dressage, and has done some eventing as well. Michelle attended UCONN and graduated with a degree in Animal Science with an Equine Focus, and now has her own small farm where her 3 horses live. She is grateful to spend her whole day with horses, both at home and at work, and loves sharing her passion and knowledge with the participants in our programs.
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.

Thursday July 10, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:30 AM - 12:30 PM	Bristol Blues Baseball Camp
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 2 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM	Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group for Bristol Residents where parents and children ages 2 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well. Please note, registration for this program closes at 11:59 PM on Sunday, June 15th. About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:  - listen and engage with one book per week.  - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play.  - identify different emotions.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Basketball League at Brackett Park - Basketball League at Brackett Park Program Description:Basketball League at Brackett Park is a free recreational basketball league for Bristol youth ages 11-17 (of all genders). This program will run on Thursdays (11am-1pm) from July 10, 2025 to August 21, 2025, and includes six weeks of regular season games and one week of playoffs, ending with a championship game. Program Benefits:- Participants will further develop sportsmanship skills.- Participants will be able to connect with peers throughout the Summer.- Participants will be able to spend supervised time engaging in a recreational activity in the park!Program Coordinator: This program is ran collaboratively by Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services (BPRYCS), the Bristol Police Department, and the Boys and Girls Club of Bristol. If you have any questions about the program, please contact Raven Cody, Youth & Family Coordinator with BPRYCS, at ravencody@bristolct.gov or 860-314-4690.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	BBGC: Future Champions Gymnastics
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:15 PM - 8:30 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Calm Yo Tips @ Sets on the Beach Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Sorry, Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Toilet League @ Calm Yo Tips Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Sorry, Running Late Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Bazooka @ Just Keep Swinging Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ Crankdat Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: TBD @ Roofing Service Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ TBD Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Roofing Service @ Crankdat Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ Bazooka Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Just Keep Swinging Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.

Friday July 11, 2025
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Sports and Games Camp - Sports & Games Camp - Session 2 Program Description:This camp will use a variety of skill-building games and activities to give each athlete a complete understanding and overview of many different popular sports and games. Sports and games include capture the flag, soccer, ultimate Frisbee, basketball, kickball, baseball, 4 square, flag football, team handball, and many more. Kids will play 2-4 different games/sports each day. About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding for each game/sport played. - Have a basic understanding of life skills. - Be able to work with their peers to achieve a common goal.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM	birthday party
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - Summer Session 2 Course PurposeThis course is an official certification class that follows the newest American Red Cross Lifeguard Training curriculum. Participants will learn the fundamentals of water safety, CPR/First Aid and lifeguard skills for responding to emergency situations in and around the water. The course will feature both classroom style lectures, video and in water skill training. A valid ID (license, birth certificate, passport) is required to be presented on the first day of the course. Please come to class the first day with documentation to validate age. In order to pass the course you must pass pre-testing on day one and are required to attend all class sessions, scoring 80% or better on the written exam, and passing the final skills testing. Each class is mandatory.Please Bring a bathing suit, extra towels, water and snacks to class with you.Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding course, Participants must:  Be at least 15 years old on or before the final scheduled session of the lifeguarding course. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluation:  Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim tread swim sequence without stopping to rest: Jump into the water from the side, totally submerge, recover to the surface and swim 150 yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted). Then maintain position at the surface of the water without support for 2 minutes by treading (no hands). Swim 50 more yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two Prerequisite 2: Complete timed even within 1 minute, 40 seconds: Starting in the water, swim 20 yards (The face may or may not be in the water. Swim goggles are not allowed). surface dive (feet-first or head-first) to a depth of 7-10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound brick from the bottom of the pool. Return the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the brick at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out, at or near the surface. Exit the water without using a ladder or steps. Note: Please understand that Lifeguard Training is an extensive physical program that requires significant skill level and independent reading. Anyone who can not pass the pre-testing sections will not be refunded. Please make sure that Lifeguard Training is an appropriate fit before you sign up. If you are unsure that you will be able to pass the pre-testing, please consider purchasing a pool membership or paying a daily fee to practice your skills in advance.
5:45 PM - 10:00 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	DCF Youth Self Care

Saturday July 12, 2025
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Disc Golf Tournament
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Church Event
9:00 AM - 8:00 PM	Event
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:40 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Birthday Party
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:20 AM - 12:05 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
11:45 AM - 3:00 PM	American Legion Juniors Regular Season
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	Birthday party
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Community Outreach Event
12:15 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
1:00 PM - 6:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - Summer Session 2 Course PurposeThis course is an official certification class that follows the newest American Red Cross Lifeguard Training curriculum. Participants will learn the fundamentals of water safety, CPR/First Aid and lifeguard skills for responding to emergency situations in and around the water. The course will feature both classroom style lectures, video and in water skill training. A valid ID (license, birth certificate, passport) is required to be presented on the first day of the course. Please come to class the first day with documentation to validate age. In order to pass the course you must pass pre-testing on day one and are required to attend all class sessions, scoring 80% or better on the written exam, and passing the final skills testing. Each class is mandatory.Please Bring a bathing suit, extra towels, water and snacks to class with you.Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding course, Participants must:  Be at least 15 years old on or before the final scheduled session of the lifeguarding course. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluation:  Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim tread swim sequence without stopping to rest: Jump into the water from the side, totally submerge, recover to the surface and swim 150 yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted). Then maintain position at the surface of the water without support for 2 minutes by treading (no hands). Swim 50 more yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two Prerequisite 2: Complete timed even within 1 minute, 40 seconds: Starting in the water, swim 20 yards (The face may or may not be in the water. Swim goggles are not allowed). surface dive (feet-first or head-first) to a depth of 7-10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound brick from the bottom of the pool. Return the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the brick at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out, at or near the surface. Exit the water without using a ladder or steps. Note: Please understand that Lifeguard Training is an extensive physical program that requires significant skill level and independent reading. Anyone who can not pass the pre-testing sections will not be refunded. Please make sure that Lifeguard Training is an appropriate fit before you sign up. If you are unsure that you will be able to pass the pre-testing, please consider purchasing a pool membership or paying a daily fee to practice your skills in advance.
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Birthday Party

Sunday July 13, 2025
8:30 AM - 2:30 PM	Bristol Mustangs
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
9:00 AM - 6:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - Summer Session 2 Course PurposeThis course is an official certification class that follows the newest American Red Cross Lifeguard Training curriculum. Participants will learn the fundamentals of water safety, CPR/First Aid and lifeguard skills for responding to emergency situations in and around the water. The course will feature both classroom style lectures, video and in water skill training. A valid ID (license, birth certificate, passport) is required to be presented on the first day of the course. Please come to class the first day with documentation to validate age. In order to pass the course you must pass pre-testing on day one and are required to attend all class sessions, scoring 80% or better on the written exam, and passing the final skills testing. Each class is mandatory.Please Bring a bathing suit, extra towels, water and snacks to class with you.Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding course, Participants must:  Be at least 15 years old on or before the final scheduled session of the lifeguarding course. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluation:  Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim tread swim sequence without stopping to rest: Jump into the water from the side, totally submerge, recover to the surface and swim 150 yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted). Then maintain position at the surface of the water without support for 2 minutes by treading (no hands). Swim 50 more yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two Prerequisite 2: Complete timed even within 1 minute, 40 seconds: Starting in the water, swim 20 yards (The face may or may not be in the water. Swim goggles are not allowed). surface dive (feet-first or head-first) to a depth of 7-10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound brick from the bottom of the pool. Return the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the brick at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out, at or near the surface. Exit the water without using a ladder or steps. Note: Please understand that Lifeguard Training is an extensive physical program that requires significant skill level and independent reading. Anyone who can not pass the pre-testing sections will not be refunded. Please make sure that Lifeguard Training is an appropriate fit before you sign up. If you are unsure that you will be able to pass the pre-testing, please consider purchasing a pool membership or paying a daily fee to practice your skills in advance.
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM	Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
12:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Blues Game
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Diamond Kings
2:00 PM - 6:00 PM	Birthday
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday July 14, 2025
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Legion Tournament
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Skyhawks Volleyball Camp - Skyhawks Volleyball Camp (10-12 YO) Program Description:All aspects of volleyball are taught through drills and exercises that focus on passing, setting, hitting, and serving. This program is designed for the beginning and intermediate level player. Skyhawks staff will assist boys and girls in developing fundamental skills through game-speed drills and daily scrimmages aimed at developing the whole player.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding of positions on the court. - Know how to correctly pass a volleyball. - Have a basic understanding of how to serve a volleyball.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 3 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - Mornings Session 1 Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:30 PM - 2:30 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - Summer Session 2 Course PurposeThis course is an official certification class that follows the newest American Red Cross Lifeguard Training curriculum. Participants will learn the fundamentals of water safety, CPR/First Aid and lifeguard skills for responding to emergency situations in and around the water. The course will feature both classroom style lectures, video and in water skill training. A valid ID (license, birth certificate, passport) is required to be presented on the first day of the course. Please come to class the first day with documentation to validate age. In order to pass the course you must pass pre-testing on day one and are required to attend all class sessions, scoring 80% or better on the written exam, and passing the final skills testing. Each class is mandatory.Please Bring a bathing suit, extra towels, water and snacks to class with you.Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding course, Participants must:  Be at least 15 years old on or before the final scheduled session of the lifeguarding course. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluation:  Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim tread swim sequence without stopping to rest: Jump into the water from the side, totally submerge, recover to the surface and swim 150 yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted). Then maintain position at the surface of the water without support for 2 minutes by treading (no hands). Swim 50 more yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two Prerequisite 2: Complete timed even within 1 minute, 40 seconds: Starting in the water, swim 20 yards (The face may or may not be in the water. Swim goggles are not allowed). surface dive (feet-first or head-first) to a depth of 7-10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound brick from the bottom of the pool. Return the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the brick at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out, at or near the surface. Exit the water without using a ladder or steps. Note: Please understand that Lifeguard Training is an extensive physical program that requires significant skill level and independent reading. Anyone who can not pass the pre-testing sections will not be refunded. Please make sure that Lifeguard Training is an appropriate fit before you sign up. If you are unsure that you will be able to pass the pre-testing, please consider purchasing a pool membership or paying a daily fee to practice your skills in advance.
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.

Tuesday July 15, 2025
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Legion Tournament
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Pilates- Tue, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Skyhawks Volleyball Camp - Skyhawks Volleyball Camp (10-12 YO) Program Description:All aspects of volleyball are taught through drills and exercises that focus on passing, setting, hitting, and serving. This program is designed for the beginning and intermediate level player. Skyhawks staff will assist boys and girls in developing fundamental skills through game-speed drills and daily scrimmages aimed at developing the whole player.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding of positions on the court. - Know how to correctly pass a volleyball. - Have a basic understanding of how to serve a volleyball.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 3 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - Mornings Session 1 Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Drop-in at Rockwell - Drop-in at Rockwell Program Description:Drop-in at Rockwell is a FREE, weekly, drop-in style program that invites Bristol youth to participate in fun summer activities to help beat the summer boredom blues. Youth and families are encouraged to stop by as few or as many weeks as they desire (no registration necessary). Activities may include tie-dye, sand art, crafts, field games and more! Come join in on the fun!Program Benefits:- Participants will have the chance to meet new people and/or stay connected with friends throughout the summer.- Participants will have the chance to build upon communication skills, friendship skills, and teamwork skills throughout various activities.Time:11:00 AM - 1:00 PMTuesdaysJuly 8th, 2025 - August 5th, 2025Location:Mrs. Rockwell's Pavilion63 Dutton Ave. (Entrances on Jacob Street, Dutton Ave. and Terryville Rd.)Bristol, CT 06010  Contact:Raven Cody, LMSWYouth & Family Coordinatorravencody@bristolct.gov 860-314-4690
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	Whiz Kids Daycare
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM	WOW Mobile
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - Summer Session 2 Course PurposeThis course is an official certification class that follows the newest American Red Cross Lifeguard Training curriculum. Participants will learn the fundamentals of water safety, CPR/First Aid and lifeguard skills for responding to emergency situations in and around the water. The course will feature both classroom style lectures, video and in water skill training. A valid ID (license, birth certificate, passport) is required to be presented on the first day of the course. Please come to class the first day with documentation to validate age. In order to pass the course you must pass pre-testing on day one and are required to attend all class sessions, scoring 80% or better on the written exam, and passing the final skills testing. Each class is mandatory.Please Bring a bathing suit, extra towels, water and snacks to class with you.Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding course, Participants must:  Be at least 15 years old on or before the final scheduled session of the lifeguarding course. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluation:  Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim tread swim sequence without stopping to rest: Jump into the water from the side, totally submerge, recover to the surface and swim 150 yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted). Then maintain position at the surface of the water without support for 2 minutes by treading (no hands). Swim 50 more yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two Prerequisite 2: Complete timed even within 1 minute, 40 seconds: Starting in the water, swim 20 yards (The face may or may not be in the water. Swim goggles are not allowed). surface dive (feet-first or head-first) to a depth of 7-10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound brick from the bottom of the pool. Return the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the brick at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out, at or near the surface. Exit the water without using a ladder or steps. Note: Please understand that Lifeguard Training is an extensive physical program that requires significant skill level and independent reading. Anyone who can not pass the pre-testing sections will not be refunded. Please make sure that Lifeguard Training is an appropriate fit before you sign up. If you are unsure that you will be able to pass the pre-testing, please consider purchasing a pool membership or paying a daily fee to practice your skills in advance.
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
5:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Bristol Youth Lacrosse Clinic
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Special Needs Bowling & Social Program - Adult - Special Needs Bowling & Social Program Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services Department offers a Special Needs Bowling program for individuals 6 & older in both the summer and winter. This is a fun opportunity to enjoy bowling and time with friends. Fee: $8 to be brought with participant to the bowling alley each meeting.
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:00 PM - 9:00 PM	Sober Volleyball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Zumba- Tue, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Women Only Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:30 PM - 8:00 PM	Rockin' Out at Rockwell- Summer Concert Series - Summer Concert - The Speakers  Join BPRYCS this summer for our free weekly Summer Concert Series at the Rockwell Park Amphitheater. This year's series features 8 weeks outstanding performances every Tuesday Night from 6:30 - 8:00 PM beginning June 25th.Concerts will feature a variety of musical performances including Soul, Rhythm & Blues, Country & Classic Rock music and more to fill the air! Bring your family & friends, blankets & chairs, a grab dinner at the food trucks, and enjoy this free night of entertainment each week.      June 24, 2025: Lori and the Legends (Pop, Classic Rock, Soul) Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 1, 2025: Spirit Shaker (Hard Rock, 70’s/80’s/90’s)Food Truck(s)*: Rock Solid Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Quenchies Boba Tea & LemonadeJuly 8, 2025: Latanya Farrell (Soul/ R&B) Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 15, 2025: The Speakers (Danceable Funk-Rock)Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern, Rita's Ice July 22, 2025: Badfoot (Modern Country Hits)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck Truck, I Know a Guy Foods, Rich Farm Ice CreamJuly 29, 2025: Al Fenton Big Band (Big Band Jazz)Food Truck(s)*: The Cluck TruckAugust 5, 2025: What It Is (Funk/ Soul/ R&B)Food Truck(s)*: K&D Grill, Dem Boyz Grill & Catering, Rita's Ice August 12, 2025: Ace and Friends (Soul/R&B) Food Truck(s)*: Greenhouse Tavern,  I Know a Guy Foods>> DOWNLOAD THE SCHEDULE HERE <<  Join us every Tuesday evening beginning June 24th, for a night out enjoying live music by your favorite local area bands!The 2025 Rockin' Out at Rockwell Summer Concert Series is sponsored by the West End Association of Bristol and Xfinity. We'll be featuring a different local food truck every week, brought to you by the West End Association of Bristol. *Food Trucks Subject to change
6:30 PM - 10:45 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season

Wednesday July 16, 2025
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Legion Tournament
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:15 AM - 9:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Fountain of Youth)- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 3 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Arthritis (Intervals)- Wed, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Skyhawks Volleyball Camp - Skyhawks Volleyball Camp (10-12 YO) Program Description:All aspects of volleyball are taught through drills and exercises that focus on passing, setting, hitting, and serving. This program is designed for the beginning and intermediate level player. Skyhawks staff will assist boys and girls in developing fundamental skills through game-speed drills and daily scrimmages aimed at developing the whole player.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding of positions on the court. - Know how to correctly pass a volleyball. - Have a basic understanding of how to serve a volleyball.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - Mornings Session 1 Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
5:00 PM - 9:00 PM	American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - American Red Cross Lifeguard Training - Summer Session 2 Course PurposeThis course is an official certification class that follows the newest American Red Cross Lifeguard Training curriculum. Participants will learn the fundamentals of water safety, CPR/First Aid and lifeguard skills for responding to emergency situations in and around the water. The course will feature both classroom style lectures, video and in water skill training. A valid ID (license, birth certificate, passport) is required to be presented on the first day of the course. Please come to class the first day with documentation to validate age. In order to pass the course you must pass pre-testing on day one and are required to attend all class sessions, scoring 80% or better on the written exam, and passing the final skills testing. Each class is mandatory.Please Bring a bathing suit, extra towels, water and snacks to class with you.Course PrerequisitesTo participate in the Lifeguarding course, Participants must:  Be at least 15 years old on or before the final scheduled session of the lifeguarding course. Successfully complete the two prerequisite swimming skills evaluation:  Prerequisite 1: Complete a swim tread swim sequence without stopping to rest: Jump into the water from the side, totally submerge, recover to the surface and swim 150 yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two (Swimming on the back or side is not permitted). Then maintain position at the surface of the water without support for 2 minutes by treading (no hands). Swim 50 more yards doing freestyle/front crawl, breaststroke or a combination of the two Prerequisite 2: Complete timed even within 1 minute, 40 seconds: Starting in the water, swim 20 yards (The face may or may not be in the water. Swim goggles are not allowed). surface dive (feet-first or head-first) to a depth of 7-10 feet to retrieve a 10-pound brick from the bottom of the pool. Return the surface and swim 20 yards on the back to return to the starting point, holding the brick at the surface with both hands and keeping the face out, at or near the surface. Exit the water without using a ladder or steps. Note: Please understand that Lifeguard Training is an extensive physical program that requires significant skill level and independent reading. Anyone who can not pass the pre-testing sections will not be refunded. Please make sure that Lifeguard Training is an appropriate fit before you sign up. If you are unsure that you will be able to pass the pre-testing, please consider purchasing a pool membership or paying a daily fee to practice your skills in advance.
5:30 PM - 6:15 PM	Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows - Horsemanship at Shepard Meadows (Level 1) - Summer Program Description:Level 1 Class: Our friends at Shepard Meadows will help teach numerous horse skills such as grooming, tacking, and leading. This program also provides the opportunity to challenge participants to persevere, problem-solve, and communicate. This program helps participants connect with their peers socially, as well as promotes the development of self-esteem. Please note that there is no riding in this class.  Level 2 Class: Participants are able to build on the skills that were learned in the Horsemanship Level 1 class. It is a requirement for registrants to complete Horsemanship Level 1 before enrolling in the Horsemanship Level 2 class. Please note that there is no riding in this class. Required Forms:Please complete the documents in the forms section and bring them with you to the first class. Program Benefits:- Participants will learn and demonstrate safe horse handling skills, including grooming, haltering and leading- Participants will gain an understanding of horse behavior and identify the horse's body language- Participants will gain an understanding of a healthy horse diet and will be able to identify what is healthy/unhealthy for horse's to eat- Participants will be able to identify grooming tools and their purposeAbout the Instructors:Amy DegumbiaInstructor & Equine SpecialistPATH, Intl. Therapeutic Riding InstructorAmy grew up on a small farm and owned a couple of horses.  She was 5 years old when she first started to ride, and 13 when she got a horse of her own – he was a young and spirited Arabian.  Amy competed in Arabian Horse Association shows, mostly in dressage, but some jumping too.  She worked as a Veterinary Technician and gained a great deal of knowledge about animal health and first aid, and became Certified as an Animal Behaviorist.  Amy attended Tunxis Community College and Central Connecticut State University for her degree.  She is grateful to have horses as a part of her life, and loves to share that with the participants in our program! Amy is a Certified Therapeutic Riding Instructor through the Professional Association of Therapeutic Horsemanship and teaches mounted and unmounted lessons all week long. Michelle OcampoMichelle started riding when she was 10 years old and never stopped! She has ridden Western, English, dressage, and has done some eventing as well. Michelle attended UCONN and graduated with a degree in Animal Science with an Equine Focus, and now has her own small farm where her 3 horses live. She is grateful to spend her whole day with horses, both at home and at work, and loves sharing her passion and knowledge with the participants in our programs.
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Fit Float- Wed, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.

Thursday July 17, 2025
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Legion Tournament
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
8:30 AM - 6:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 3 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Thurs, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Skyhawks Volleyball Camp - Skyhawks Volleyball Camp (10-12 YO) Program Description:All aspects of volleyball are taught through drills and exercises that focus on passing, setting, hitting, and serving. This program is designed for the beginning and intermediate level player. Skyhawks staff will assist boys and girls in developing fundamental skills through game-speed drills and daily scrimmages aimed at developing the whole player.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding of positions on the court. - Know how to correctly pass a volleyball. - Have a basic understanding of how to serve a volleyball.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - Mornings Session 1 Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
10:00 AM - 11:30 AM	Learning Through Books - Learning Through Books Program Description:Learning Through Books is a free developmental play group for Bristol Residents where parents and children ages 2 - 5 years use books and crafts to explore language, social emotional skills, counting, and engage with other parents, caregivers, and children. Books are read aloud to the group and provided for each child to take home. Craft materials and snacks are provided for each session as well. Please note, registration for this program closes at 11:59 PM on Sunday, June 15th. About the Instructor: Aubrey Minkler is the Community Services Coordinator for the City of Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth and Community Services department. For more information, please contact Aubrey at (860) 314-4690 or aubreyminkler@bristolct.govProgram Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will be able to:  - listen and engage with one book per week.  - explore sounds, words, and language through imaginative play.  - identify different emotions.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Basketball League at Brackett Park - Basketball League at Brackett Park Program Description:Basketball League at Brackett Park is a free recreational basketball league for Bristol youth ages 11-17 (of all genders). This program will run on Thursdays (11am-1pm) from July 10, 2025 to August 21, 2025, and includes six weeks of regular season games and one week of playoffs, ending with a championship game. Program Benefits:- Participants will further develop sportsmanship skills.- Participants will be able to connect with peers throughout the Summer.- Participants will be able to spend supervised time engaging in a recreational activity in the park!Program Coordinator: This program is ran collaboratively by Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth & Community Services (BPRYCS), the Bristol Police Department, and the Boys and Girls Club of Bristol. If you have any questions about the program, please contact Raven Cody, Youth & Family Coordinator with BPRYCS, at ravencody@bristolct.gov or 860-314-4690.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM	BBGC: Future Champions Gymnastics
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Junior Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
4:30 PM - 5:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Youth - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
4:30 PM - 8:45 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season
5:30 PM - 6:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 1 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sorry, Running Late @ Calm Yo Tips Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 6:45 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Toilet League Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Rapids Softball Practice
6:00 PM - 10:00 PM	Co-Ed Softball
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- TH, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Golf Lessons - Adult Novice Lessons - July Program Description:All classes will be at Chris Cote's Top Tracer Range in Southington. The state-of-the-art facility is covered and heated so golf can be practiced in all types of weather. Adult Novice, Women Only, and Junior Clinics start at the beginning of each month and meet on the same day and at the same time for each of the 4-one hour sessions. Classes include fundamentals of the set-up, fundamentals of the golf swing, how to play with irons and woods, pitching, sand bunker play, chipping, putting, rules and etiquette, and much more. Participants can bring their own clubs or Chris Cote's will provide clubs to use during classes.*Participants who miss a class may attend a make-up date in the next session offered. Please reach out to Pete for more information or to confirm which session/date to attend.*About the Instructor:Pete Stankevich, PGA Golf Professional and Men's and Women's Golf Coach at the University of Hartford is a two-time New England Division I Golf Association Coach of the Year. Stankevich turned pro in 1989. During that time, he competed in tournaments while working as a golf professional at various clubs, including Bear Lakes Country Club (West Palm Beach Fla.), Wampanoag Country Club, Clinton Country Club, Glastonbury Hills Country Club and Elmridge Golf Course. Stankevich was brought on as a teaching professional for Golf Quest Family Sports Center in Brookfield, Conn. Shortly thereafter, he was named the Head Golf Professional and Director of Instruction. From 1997 to 2023, he helped build Golf Quest Academy into one of the top golf academies in the Northeast, seeing it voted in the top-100 driving ranges/practice facilities in the nation almost annually by Golf Range Magazine. In addition, CTGolfer.com has named Stankevich one the state’s top-three instructors on numerous occasions. He has brought that skill set and work ethic to leading lessons at Chris Cote's. Program Benefits:By the completion of this program, participants will be able to:  - Properly set up and execute golf swing fundamentals with any club in the bag. - Identify and correct your personal swing tendencies with practice drills and fixes. - Recognize 6 of the most important rules of golf that you'll encounter on the course.
6:30 PM - 7:30 PM	Pilates and Yoga Fusion - Summer - Adult - Session 2 Program Description: We are excited to offer a dynamic Pilates and Yoga fusion class designed for participants of all ages and skill levels. This class blends the core-strengthening techniques of Pilates with the fluid, mindful movements of yoga. Whether you're a beginner or more advanced, you'll improve core stability, enhance body awareness, and increase flexibility. The practice helps to improve posture while building both strength and mindfulness. Everyone is welcome to join, and we encourage you to bring your own mat. Experience the benefits of a stronger body and mind in a supportive, inclusive environment.About the Instructor:Instructor, Heather Tartarelli, has a 20 hour Full of Joy Children's Yoga Teaching Certificate, as well as a 200 hour Yoga Teacher Training Certificate. Heather has also taken a 32 hour Trauma Informed Yoga for Youth Certification. Heather boasts over 750 hours of teaching yoga, and has completed the AFAA Practical Pilates course. Heather has been teaching the BPRYCS yoga programs for 5 and 1/2 years.Program Benefits:- Participants will be able to do 2 or more poses (asanas) independently, with proper alignment, using necessary modifications for his/her body to develop strength, flexibility and body awareness- Participants will be able to do 2 or more breathing techniques (pranayama) independently to regulate the nervous system, increase oxygen, calm and energize the body- Participants will be able to combine breath and movement in a sun salutation sequence (Surya Namaska A) linking mind and body for improved physical strength, better command over their body, and calmness of mind.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sorry, Running Late @ Toilet League Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
6:45 PM - 7:30 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Recreation Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sets on the Beach @ Calm Yo Tips Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Roofing Service @ Out of the Blue Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: TBD @ Crankdat Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Barefoot Ballers @ Just Keep Swinging Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
7:30 PM - 8:15 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Sandy Cheeks @ Bazooka Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: TBD @ Barefoot Ballers Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Roofing Service @ Sandy Cheeks Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Out of the Blue @ Bazooka Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.
8:15 PM - 9:00 PM	Adult Co-Ed Volleyball Leagues - Competitive Division (Outdoor) - Spring Session: Crankdat @ Just Keep Swinging Program Description:Bristol Parks, Recreation, Youth, and Community Services Department is excited to offer two Adult Co-ed Volleyball Leagues on Thursday evenings. Schedule subject to change based on the number of teams participating in each division.Co-Ed teams are welcome with the requirement that two female participants are on the courts at all times. Please note this is an 18+ league, but high school players will be considered with parental permission and at the league director’s discretion. The league will run for 12 weeks with the last week being a tournament. The league fee is $300 and due at the time of registration. Participation waivers must be signed and handed to the league director before anyone is allowed to step onto the courts.Indoor Leagues at CHMSRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:30 pm sharp. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will be started as close to 7:30 pm and 8:30 pm as possible. Each team will play 1 match consisting of 3 sets each night. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 12 teams.Outdoor Leagues at Stocks PlaygroundRecreational Division:Games will START at 6:00 pm & 6:45 pm sharp. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.Competitive Division:Games will START as close to 7:30 pm & 8:15 pm as possible. Each team will play 2 matches/teams each night. Matches consist of 3 sets. Sets 1 and 2 will be played to 25 (win by 2), and set 3 will be played to 21 (hard cap). Please note that the number of points each set is played to is subject to change based on the schedule and the time it takes to complete games. This division is capped at 6 teams.NOTE: When registering, only the team captain will register. You will not need to enter the other members of the team during registration. You will also have the opportunity to enter your team name during the registration process. Individual Sign-Ups:If you are an individual player interested in playing in this league but do not have enough players to fill a complete team, please email League Coordinator, Jim Michaud, at michaudtool@snet.net and Recreation Supervisor, Amry Shelby, at amryshelby@bristolct.gov with your interest. Upon reaching out, the league coordinator will contact each individual on the list for possible team placements.

Friday July 18, 2025
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Legion Tournament
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Hydrorider- Fr, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Skyhawks Volleyball Camp - Skyhawks Volleyball Camp (10-12 YO) Program Description:All aspects of volleyball are taught through drills and exercises that focus on passing, setting, hitting, and serving. This program is designed for the beginning and intermediate level player. Skyhawks staff will assist boys and girls in developing fundamental skills through game-speed drills and daily scrimmages aimed at developing the whole player.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding of positions on the court. - Know how to correctly pass a volleyball. - Have a basic understanding of how to serve a volleyball.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Bootcamp- Fri, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
6:30 PM - 9:30 PM	DCF Youth Self Care
6:30 PM - 10:45 PM	American Legion Senior Regular Season

Saturday July 19, 2025
8:00 AM - 4:00 PM	Birthday Party
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (9:00-9:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Diamond Kings
9:00 AM - 1:30 PM	Bristol Barnstormers
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:30 AM	Tennis Lessons - Pee Wee Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
10:40 AM - 11:10 AM	Tennis Lessons - Little Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC - Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 6 Adanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Saturdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.
11:20 AM - 12:05 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Beginner Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (DMAC) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Page Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 12:30 PM	Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Saturdays) - Specialized Swim Lessons- Summer (Rockwell Park Pool) This class is designed to accommodate the individual with special needs or circumstances. The instructor will work with the student one-on-one to accomplish individual goals. For more information on participant eligibility, contact our front desk staff. This class runs once a week for 8 weeks on Saturdays following the same schedule as the Learn to Swim program. Fee to participant is $45 for residents and $65 for non-residents. Please note that we do the best that we can to take on as many students as possible. However, space is very limited and participation in one session does not automatically guarantee space in the next session.  We ask participants to fill out our online form to register. Online forms will need to be filled out for each individual participant. Forms expire annually and will need to be updated after one year. Registration can only be completed during open registration time. Registration is on a first-come-first-serve basis and is offered to Bristol residents one day in advance of non-Bristol residents.There are no exceptions. Should you have any questions, we would love to answer them. Please give us a call at (860) 584-3837.
12:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Birthday Pary
12:00 PM - 11:00 PM	Bristol Blues Fireworks
12:15 PM - 1:00 PM	Tennis Lessons - Youth Int./Adv. Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
2:00 PM - 9:30 PM	Bristol Blues Game
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Birthday Party

Sunday July 20, 2025
8:30 AM - 2:30 PM	Bristol Mustangs
9:00 AM - 1:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
11:00 AM - 7:00 PM	Graduation Party
12:00 PM - 12:45 PM	Tennis Lessons - Teenage Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
12:00 PM - 4:00 PM	High School Graduation Party
1:00 PM - 2:15 PM	Tennis Lessons - Adult Tennis - Session 1 Program Description: Our Tennis Program is designed to cater to players of all ages and skill levels, from young beginners to experienced adults. With a focus on skill development, sportsmanship, and a love for the game, our program offers specialized classes for each age group to ensure every player receives the attention and training they need.Class Offerings: Pee Wee Tennis (Ages 4-5): Fun, introductory classes that focus on developing basic motor skills and coordination through playful activities and mini tennis games. Little Tennis (Ages 6-7): A step up from Pee Wee Tennis, this class emphasizes learning the fundamentals of the game, such as grip, swing, and movement, in an engaging and energetic environment. Youth Beginner Tennis (Ages 8-12): For those new to tennis, this class covers the basics of the game, including proper technique, footwork, and understanding the rules of tennis. Youth Intermediate/Advanced Tennis (Ages 8-12): Tailored for players with some experience, this class focuses on refining skills, improving consistency, and introducing match play in a more competitive setting. Teenage Tennis (Ages 13-17): Aimed at teens, this class builds on skills learned in youth classes, with a focus on strategy, advanced techniques, and preparation for competitive play. Adult Tennis (Ages 18+): Whether you're a beginner or an experienced player, our adult classes offer a mix of skill development, fitness, and match play to help you improve and enjoy the game at any level. No matter your age or experience, our Tennis Program provides a supportive and engaging environment where players can grow, learn, and have fun on the court!About the Instructors:Emily Mills (Lindsley) has been playing tennis since she was young and actually went through the Bristol Park and Recreation Tennis Programs herself. She played #1 Singles at St. Paul Catholic High School from freshmen to senior year. In high school, she was the NVL Singles Champion for multiple years and was named to the Bristol Press All Press team. She went on to play D2 Women’s Tennis at Stonehill College and then D1 Women’s Tennis at the University of Hartford. She loves the game and can’t wait to meet everyone!Brittany Petrucci is a passionate and thoughtful tennis coach. She played #1 doubles at Saint Paul Catholic High School in 2014 and 2015, and was named All-Press by The Bristol Press both years. After high school, she went on to play tennis with the University of New Haven Women’s tennis team. Presently, Brittany hopes to inspire young tennis players to improve and develop their skills on the court.Vicki Weygang is a Senior in high school who has been playing tennis since she was 4 years old. She has always had a strong passion and love for tennis. Vicki has been involved in playing tournaments all over the East Coast since she was 11 years old. Vicki earned All-State recognition from the CIAC and has ranked Top 8 in the state of CT since her freshman year. Program Benefits:By the end of each program, participants will improve their skills and techniques. For class specific benefits, see the Program Benefits in the Forms & Files section below.
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM	Diamond Kings
1:30 PM - 4:30 PM	Little League Softball Tournament
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.

Monday July 21, 2025
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM	Legion
7:15 AM - 8:00 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
7:30 AM - 9:30 AM	Summer Splash Swim Team - Summer Splash Team 2025 The Splash Swim Team is a recreational swim team available for youth ages 9 to 18 who meet the following requirements: 1.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating freestyle with rhythmic breathing 2.) Swim 1 width of pool demonstrating backstroke continuouslySplash Team Mission Statement: The mission of the Bristol Splash Team is to combine fun and competition. This will be achieved by fostering friendship through team work, participants’ personal growth, building stroke mechanics and developing new skills. Splash Team’s main goal is to introduce participants to the sport of swimming, to teach skills based on ability in a fun, relaxed atmosphere where participants can improve their skills at their own pace while enhancing their social and emotional development.If you have specific questions about the summer Splash season please contact Head Coach, Kevin Dawiczyk, at splashcoach@gmail.com
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:30 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:00-9:30am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:00 AM - 9:45 AM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Ai Chi- Mon, AM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Skyhawks Volleyball Camp - Skyhawks Volleyball Camp (13-16 YO) Program Description:All aspects of volleyball are taught through drills and exercises that focus on passing, setting, hitting, and serving. This program is designed for the beginning and intermediate level player. Skyhawks staff will assist boys and girls in developing fundamental skills through game-speed drills and daily scrimmages aimed at developing the whole player.About the Instructors:Skyhawks Sports Academy started as a regional soccer program focused in the Pacific Northwest. The popularity of the camps grew as the years went by, and some amazing athletes and wonderful individuals emerged. These soccer-focused Skyhawks camps quickly ventured to other sports while still emphasizing critical lessons in life, such as sportsmanship, teamwork, and winning and losing with grace.Skyhawks Sports Academy recruits highly motivated individuals who have demonstrated an exceptional ability to communicate well with children. All coaches have participated in their respective sports at either the high school or college level. All coaches must complete an application, personal interview, background investigation, classroom training, field training and pass a coaches' test prior to their first day of work. Program Benefits:By the end of this program, participants will:- Have a basic understanding of positions on the court. - Know how to correctly pass a volleyball. - Have a basic understanding of how to serve a volleyball.
9:00 AM - 3:00 PM	Teen Adventure Camp (Grades 8-10) - Teen Camp - Week 4 Registration for Teen Adventure Camp will begin at 12:00 PM (Noon) on Tuesday, April 29th for Bristol Residents and Tuesday, May 6th for Non-Residents. Teen Adventure Camp Phone: TBDProgram Description:Teen Adventure Camp is available for teens ENTERING grades 8-10. This field trip based camp will get your teens engaged this summer with weekly excursions and entertainment. Teens are dropped off at Bristol Eastern High School and will get plenty of opportunities to learn, socialize, and build relations with their peers through constant activities and trips. Space is limited and this camp is expected to fill quickly. Teen Adventure Camp runs daily from Monday-Thursday. On Monday and Tuesday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 9:00 am - 3:00 pm. On Wednesday and Thursday, Teen Adventure Camp runs from 8:30 am - 6:00 pm. Please check out the Camp Handbook and the Theme Week Calendar for more information regarding Teen Adventure Camp.Participant Custom Forms:As our summer camp programs are a high demand program, potential registrants only have 15 minutes to complete their checkout/transaction. There are multiple custom forms that need to be filled out in order to participate in camp. These forms may take longer than 15 minutes to complete, which will interrupt your checkout experience. We strongly recommend completing each required custom form for each camp participant BEFORE attempting to register. These forms can be filled out at anytime. The custom forms required are: 2025 General Authorization and Health, 2025 Pick-Up List, 2025 Program Participant Behavior Rules. Access these forms by selecting the appropriate member of your household, scroll down to the Custom Forms section and select Add Custom Forms. Registration Information:Campers may register and participate in one week or multiple weeks based on their needs. Registration will close at 11:59 PM on the Wednesday prior to the session's (Teen Camp Week) start date. For example, Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp starts June 30. The deadline for registrations for Week 1 of Teen Adventure Camp will be on Wednesday, June 25 at 11:59 pm. Refund Policy:BPRYCS DOES NOT ISSUE CAMP REFUNDS. Please note that cancelling out of the program prior to the start of the session (Teen Adventure Camp Week) will result in a 50% CREDIT to  your account. No credit or refund will be issued after the start of camp. Please consider this when registering for one or multiple weeks of camp.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
9:45 AM - 10:15 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (9:45-10:15am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 3 Intermediate, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 5 Advanced, Swim (10:00-10:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
10:00 AM - 12:30 PM	ESPN Softball League
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PCA, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
10:30 AM - 11:00 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (10:30-11:00am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 4 Intermediate, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:00 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim DMAC- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 6 Advanced, Swim (11:00-11:45am) No Session 4 due to Annual Shutdown.No class July 4th.Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Class Descriptions: - Learn-to-Swim Level 3 (LTS 3) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Development and to build on skills learned in LTS 1 and 2 to help participants achieve basic water competency in a pool environment.  Participants work on new skills such as head first entries, rotary breathing, changing directions while swimming, breaststroke kick, elementary backstroke and scissor kicks. Participants swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for at least 15 yards and are able to swim backstroke. Participants should be completely independent while performing skills in this level and be able to at least swim the width of the 6 lane pool. - Learn-to-Swim Level 4 (LTS 4) Intermediate: The purpose of this level is Stroke Improvement to improve participates proficiency in performing the swimming strokes that were introduced in LTS 3. Participants should already know how to swim front crawl, elementary backstroke and backstroke. Diving from pool edge, surface diving, open turns, sidestroke, breaststroke, and butterfly are taught in this level. Participants must be able to swim the width of the pool independently. - Learn-to-Swim Level 5 (LTS 5) Advanced: The purpose of this level is Stroke Refinement and help participants refine their performance of all 6 swimming strokes (front crawl, backstroke, elementary backstroke, butterfly, breaststroke and sidestroke). Head first surface dives, flip turns, sculling and, shallow-angle diving skills are taught. All other skills are refined. - Learn- to-Swim Level 6 (LTS 6) Advanced: Fitness Swimmer- The purpose of this class is to refine strokes so participants swim with greater efficiency and effectiveness over longer distances. Focuses on endurance as it pertains to using the water as a medium for exercise in addition to the core skills.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Page Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 3, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely under water, retrieving objects from under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - LTS 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 1, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
11:15 AM - 11:45 AM	Learn to Swim Rockwell Park Pool- Summer (Weekdays) - PSA 2, Swim (11:15-11:45am) Program Description: Swimming lessons are an essential part of a child's education. Being able to swim properly increases confidence which makes time in the water an enjoyable and safe experience. In addition, swimming is a healthy, total fitness activity that lasts a lifetime. Our Learn to Swim programs are taught by certified American Red Cross Water Safety Instructors with an enthusiasm and dedication to helping children and adults achieve their swimming goals. To determine proper class placement please review the level descriptions below and/or contact the DMAC front desk (860) 584-3837 with any questions. Swim tests for placement are offered upon request. Reminders:- Goggles are strongly recommended, though we do not allow those that have cover the nose.- Please try and arrive 15 minutes prior to start of class, doors open at 8:45am.- For best progression it is recommended that children attend every class if possible. Participants receive a temporary "membership" for the duration of the swim lessons to encourage participants to come practice skills learned in their classes during open swim times. See the front desk for a pool schedule.Parent and Child (PCA) Class Descriptions All Parent and Child aquatics classes are intended for children 6 months-3 years old. Parents/ guardians are required to get into the water. -Parent & Child Aquatics (PCA): This is a water introduction class to familiarize children with the water and teach swimming readiness skills. This class teaches parents proper holding techniques for their children while teaching them the swimming readiness water skills that include getting wet, water entry, blowing bubbles, submerging under water, front and back glides, front and back floats, scooping arms, and kicking their legs. Water experimentation and the basic skills listed above are instructed through songs and activities. Pre-School (PSA) Class Descriptions All pre-school aquatics classes are intended for children 3-6 years old. Parents do not get in the water. Platforms are placed in the water for children to stand on during their lessons. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 1 (PSA 1): This class continues familiarizing children with the water and begins to help children acquire rudimentary basic aquatic skills. They continue to develop safe practices around the water. Swimming skills covered in this level include entering and exiting the water, blowing bubbles for at least 3 seconds, submerging completely underwater, retrieving objects from underwater, front and back glides, front and back floats, beginning steps of treading water, and combined arm and leg actions (scoops and kicks) on front and back. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 2 (PSA 2): This class builds on the skills learned in pre-school level 1. This level begins teaching independent aquatic locomotion skills and increasing their knowledge of water safety topics. Children continue to improve on skills learned in PSA 1 as well as bobbing up and down in the water at least 5 times and treading water for 15 seconds. Participants should be comfortable being in the water and getting their head and face wet. -Pre-school Aquatics Level 3 (PSA 3): This class increases proficiency and builds on the aquatic skills learned in the previous two levels (PSA 1&2).  PSA 3 teaches children to perform their skills independently. They are taught to improve coordination of combined arm and leg actions and alternating arm and leg actions and other skills of Preschool 1 & 2 as well as learning new skills such as jumping into the water and submerging, submerging under water for at least 10 seconds, bobbing 10 times, rotary breathing (which is a crucial skill moving forward), learning new floats such as tuck and jellyfish, changing directions of travel and treading water for at least 30 seconds. Participants should be completely comfortable in the water and submerging. Learn-to-Swim (LTS) Class Descriptions The LTS classes are intended for children at least 6 years old up to age 15. - Learn-to-Swim Level 1 (LTS 1) Beginner: This class is an introduction to Water Skills where children get orientated to the aquatic environment. Participants learn breath control through bobbing underwater and blowing bubbles, floating on the front and back, alternating arm and leg action on front and back, treading water arm and leg actions, and general water safety rules. Skills at this level may be performed with assistance. While participants 6 years old can take this level, it is the starting point for participants 7 and older. - Learn-to-Swim Level 2 (LTS 2) Beginner: Fundamental Aquatic Skills- Participants build on skills they learned in LTS1. Participants will work on fully submerging and holding their breath under water, bobbing at least 10 times, treading water, combined arm and leg action on front and back, floating on their front and back for longer periods, rotary breathing (the action of turning their head to the side to take a breath while swimming on their front) and general water safety. Participants must be able to put their head underwater and swim independently.
12:00 PM - 1:00 PM	Bristol Boys & Girls Club
1:30 PM - 2:30 PM	WOW Mobile
1:30 PM - 4:30 PM	Little League Softball Tournament
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pickleball Reservation
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM	Pony League Baseball (Grades 8-11) - Pony League Baseball 2025 Program Description:BPRYCS Pony League Baseball program is for boys entering 8th - 11th grade for the 2025-2026 school year (players in 7th-10th grade at the time of registration). The Pony League season will run from June to August consisting of 15+ regular season games and each team making the playoffs. Teams will play 2 games a week and have at least 1 practice. Games are played on weekday evenings and occasionally during the day on weekends. All games occur at either Page Park, Riley Field, or Muzzy Field. Team schedules will be distributed as soon as they become available. Please contact League Director Shawn Mirmina at shawnmirmina@bristolk12.org with any questions. Program Note:Players are not allowed to play in Pony League if they are participating in other Bristol-based baseball leagues, with the exception of Edgewood Junior/Senior League. Players trying out for another Bristol-based or out-of-town summer league (i.e. American Legion, Junior Legion, AAU) must still register for Pony League to ensure a spot on a team. Players who make other leagues will receive a full refund for their Pony League registration.Pony League Tryouts:For all players NEW to Pony League this season:Tryouts will occur on Saturday, June 7th, at Page Park.All registered players WILL be placed on a team. Please let players know that while we refer to this day as "tryouts", its purpose is to help league directors and coaches draft teams as evenly as possible. During the tryout, players will run the bases, throw, field, and at the end, pitchers will have the opportunity to throw to catchers.Players with last names A-L should attend 4:00 - 5:00 PMPlayers with last names M-Z should attend 5:00 - 6:00 PMPlayers must bring their own equipment.The rain date for tryouts will be Sunday, June 8, same time/location/format.Registration:Registration for Bristol residents will open on April 29, 2025 at 12pm. Registration for non-Bristol residents will open on April 30, 2025 at 12pm. The league will be capped at 84 players. All players who register after the cap is reached will be placed on a waiting list and are not guaranteed a spot on a team.
4:30 PM - 6:00 PM	USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation - USA Swimming Splash Team Practice Continuation This program is a continuation of Splash practice for registered USA Swimming members who will participate in USA sanctioned meets following the conclusion of the 2023-2024 Splash season. Considered, "USA Long-Course". This is an optional program for swimmers who wish to continue on in their swim season as USA Swimmers. There are separate USA Swimming fees in addition to our registration fee. Membership is not required for participation.
6:15 PM - 7:00 PM	Water Exercise Classes- Summer - Summer -Aqua Aerobics- Mon, PM There will be a skip week for Water Exercise programs between June 23rd and June 27th Program Description: Our Water Fitness Classes offer several different types of classes that are based on improving your balance, coordination, endurance, conditioning while in a low impact aquatic environment that offers unique resistance with movement and activity, which may offer increased calorie burn depending on your intensity level.   About the Instructor(s): Our instructors have accumulated 10+ years of experience in Water Fitness, Fit Float, Hydro rider, Aqua Aerobics, Aqua Boot camp, Aqua Arthritis, Aqua Zumba and Aqua Arthritis classes. We have instructors that have also specialized in Aqua Ai Chi.  Additional Information as Needed:   - Our Water fitness classes focus on participants 18 years or older.- Be sure to bring a swim suit, towel, water bottle, change of clothes.- Please arrive 15 min early to prepare for the class and we can start promptly at the planned time.- Water shoes are optional except for our Hydro-rider classes. - Hydro-rider does require some adjustments to in water bike and water shoes are required (due to moving parts and foot straps) - There is no refund unless more than 2 classes are cancelled (due to weather or conflicting events) and we would provide options at that point.- Friday of the end of the week of our programmed classes there will also be a survey e-mailed. We would love to get your feedback so that we can see if your goals are being met or if there are any recommendations for improvement. Program Benefits       - Benefit # 1: Socializing with peers with similar goals from diverse backgrounds in our adult and senior community while exercising within tolerance of our program participants.      - Benefit # 2: Help our program participants to reach their fitness goals with high quality exercise with a focus on class driven goals; including but not limited to joint mobility, endurance, balance and strengthening of major muscle groups. By offering specialized classes that focus on high intensity, middle intensity and low intensity classes we aim to address specific participant needs based on goals patrons are aiming to achieve.      - Benefit # 3: Affordable high level Water Fitness classes that is accessible to all Bristol Residents while promoting diversity, understanding and unity within our adult and senior community members.